blob: a3b62e14dbb0827d0de52ba7ed7f4b73038e22c3 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2011
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
121
122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000124
125
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100377- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200378 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100379
380 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
381 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
382 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200384 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200385
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100386 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
387 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200388 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100389 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200390
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200391- MIPS CPU options:
392 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
393
394 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
395 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
396 relocation.
397
398 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
399
400 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
401 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
402 Possible values are:
403 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
404 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
405 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
406 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
407 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
408 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
409 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
410 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
411
412 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
413
414 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
415 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
416
417 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
418
419 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
420 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
421 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
422
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000423- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000424 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
425
426 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
427 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
428 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
429 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
430 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
431 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
432 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000433 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100434 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000435 default environment.
436
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000437 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
438
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200439 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000440 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
441 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
442
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400443 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200444
445 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400446 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
447 concepts).
448
449 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
450 * New libfdt-based support
451 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500452 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400453
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200454 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
455 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
456 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
457 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200458 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600459 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200460
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200461 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
462 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500463
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600464 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
465
466 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
467 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000468
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500469 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
470
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200471 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500472 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
473
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200474 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
475
476 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
477 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
478 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
479 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
480 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
481 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
482
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000483 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
484
485 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
486 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
487 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
488 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
489 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
490 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
491 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
492
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100493- vxWorks boot parameters:
494
495 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
496 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
497 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
498
499 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
500 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
501 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
502 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
503
504 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
505
506 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
507
508 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
509 the defaults discussed just above.
510
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000511- Cache Configuration:
512 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
513 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
514 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
515
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000516- Cache Configuration for ARM:
517 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
518 controller
519 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
520 controller register space
521
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000522- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200523 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000524
525 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
526
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200527 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000528
529 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
530
531 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
532
533 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
534 the clock speed of the UARTs.
535
536 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
537
538 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
539 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
540 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
541
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000542 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
543
544 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
545 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
546 this variable to initialize the extra register.
547
548 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
549
550 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
551 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
552 variable to flush the UART at init time.
553
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000554
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000555- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000556 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
557 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
558 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
559 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000560
561 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
562 port routines must be defined elsewhere
563 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
564
565 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
566 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
567 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042, board/eltec/bab7xx)
568 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
569 (default big endian)
570 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
571 rectangle fill
572 (cf. smiLynxEM)
573 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
574 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
575 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
576 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000577 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
578 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000579 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
580 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000581 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000582 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
583 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
584 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
585 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
586 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
587 (i.e. i8042_getc)
588 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
589 (requires blink timer
590 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200591 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000592 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
593 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500594 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000595 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
596 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000597 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
598 linux_logo.h for logo.
599 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000600 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200601 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000602 the logo
603
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000604 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
605 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
606 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000607
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000608 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
609 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
610 the "silent" environment variable. See
611 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000612
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000613- Console Baudrate:
614 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
615 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200616 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
617 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000618
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100619- Console Rx buffer length
620 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
621 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100622 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100623 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
624 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
625 the SMC.
626
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000627- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200628 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
629 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
630 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
631 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
632 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
633 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
634 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200635 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200636 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000637
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200638 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
639 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000640
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000641- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
642 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
643 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
644
645 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
646 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
647 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
648 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
649 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
650 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
651 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
652 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
653 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
654 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
655 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
656 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
657
658- Autoboot Command:
659 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
660 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
661 define a command string that is automatically executed
662 when no character is read on the console interface
663 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
664
665 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000666 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
667 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
668 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000669
670 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000671 The value of these goes into the environment as
672 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
673 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200674 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000675
676- Pre-Boot Commands:
677 CONFIG_PREBOOT
678
679 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
680 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
681 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
682 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
683 entering interactive mode.
684
685 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
686 automatically generated or modified. For an example
687 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
688 modified when the user holds down a certain
689 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
690 booting the systems
691
692- Serial Download Echo Mode:
693 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
694 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
695 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
696 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
697 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
698 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
699 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
700
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500701- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000702 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
703 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200704 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000705
706- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500707 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
708 from the build by using the #include files
709 "config_cmd_all.h" and #undef'ing unwanted
710 commands, or using "config_cmd_default.h"
711 and augmenting with additional #define's
712 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000713
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500714 The default command configuration includes all commands
715 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000716
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500717 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500718 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
719 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
720 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
721 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
722 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
723 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
724 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500725 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500726 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
727 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
728 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600729 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
730 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
731 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
732 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500733 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
734 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500735 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500736 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
737 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500738 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500739 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500740 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
741 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
742 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
743 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
744 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500745 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000746 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500747 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
748 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
749 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
750 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
751 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
752 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500753 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500754 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
755 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
756 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
757 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500758 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500759 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
760 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400761 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
762 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500763 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
764 loop, loopw, mtest
765 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
766 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
767 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100768 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500769 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
770 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600771 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
772 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500773 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
774 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
775 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
776 host
777 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
778 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
779 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
780 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
781 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
782 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
783 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
784 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
785 (4xx only)
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100786 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400787 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200788 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500789 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000790 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000791 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Che-liang Chiouca366d02011-10-06 23:40:48 +0000792 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500793 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500794 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
795 CONFIG_CMD_FSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000796
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000797
798 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
799 support you can write:
800
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500801 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
802 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000803
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400804 Other Commands:
805 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000806
807 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500808 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000809 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
810 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
811 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
812 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
813 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
814 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000815
816
817 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
818
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000819- Device tree:
820 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
821 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
822 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
823 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
824 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
825 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
826
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000827 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
828 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000829
830 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
831 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
832 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
833 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
834 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
835 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000836
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000837 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
838 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
839 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
840 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
841
842 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
843
844 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
845 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
846 still use the individual files if you need something more
847 exotic.
848
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000849- Watchdog:
850 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
851 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000852 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
853 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
854 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
855 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
856 available, then no further board specific code should
857 be needed to use it.
858
859 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
860 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
861 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
862 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000863
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000864- U-Boot Version:
865 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
866 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
867 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
868 version as printed by the "version" command.
869 This variable is readonly.
870
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000871- Real-Time Clock:
872
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500873 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000874 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
875 following options:
876
877 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
878 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Guennadi Liakhovetski7ce63702008-04-15 14:15:30 +0200879 CONFIG_RTC_MC13783 - use MC13783 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000880 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000881 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000882 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000883 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000884 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100885 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000886 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200887 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200888 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
889 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000890
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000891 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
892 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
893
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600894- GPIO Support:
895 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
896 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
897
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000898 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
899 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
900 pins supported by a particular chip.
901
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600902 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
903 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
904
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000905- Timestamp Support:
906
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000907 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
908 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
909 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500910 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000911
912- Partition Support:
913 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION
richardretanubun07f3d782008-09-26 11:13:22 -0400914 and/or CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000915
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100916 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
917 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
918 least one partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000919
920- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000921 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
922 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000923
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000924 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
925 be performed by calling the function
926 ide_set_reset(int reset)
927 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000928
929- ATAPI Support:
930 CONFIG_ATAPI
931
932 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
933
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000934- LBA48 Support
935 CONFIG_LBA48
936
937 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100938 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000939 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
940 support disks up to 2.1TB.
941
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200942 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000943 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
944 Default is 32bit.
945
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000946- SCSI Support:
947 At the moment only there is only support for the
948 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
949 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
950
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200951 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
952 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
953 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000954 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
955 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200956 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000957
958- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000959 CONFIG_E1000
960 Support for Intel 8254x gigabit chips.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +0000961
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +0100962 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200963 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +0100964
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000965 CONFIG_EEPRO100
966 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200967 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000968 write routine for first time initialisation.
969
970 CONFIG_TULIP
971 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
972 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
973 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
974
975 CONFIG_NATSEMI
976 Support for National dp83815 chips.
977
978 CONFIG_NS8382X
979 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
980
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000981- NETWORK Support (other):
982
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +0100983 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
984 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
985
986 CONFIG_RMII
987 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
988
989 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
990 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
991 The driver doen't show link status messages.
992
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000993 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
994 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
995
996 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
997 Define this to hold the physical address
998 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
999
1000 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1001 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1002
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001003 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
1004 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1005
1006 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1007 Define this to hold the physical address
1008 of the device (I/O space)
1009
1010 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1011 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1012
1013 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1014 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1015 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1016
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001017 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1018 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1019
1020 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1021 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1022 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1023 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1024 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1025 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1026 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1027 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1028
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001029 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001030 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1031
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001032 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001033 Define this to hold the physical address
1034 of the device (I/O space)
1035
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001036 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001037 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1038
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001039 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001040 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1041 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001042 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001043
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001044 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1045 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1046
1047 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1048 Define the number of ports to be used
1049
1050 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1051 Define the ETH PHY's address
1052
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001053 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1054 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1055
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001056- USB Support:
1057 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001058 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001059 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1060 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001061 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001062 storage devices.
1063 Note:
1064 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1065 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001066 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1067 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1068 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001069 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1070 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001071 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1072 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1073 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001074 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1075 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001076 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001077 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1078 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001079
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001080- USB Device:
1081 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1082 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1083 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001084 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001085 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1086 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001087 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001088 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1089 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1090 a Linux host by
1091 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1092 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1093 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1094 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001095
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001096 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1097 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001098
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001099 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1100 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1101 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001102
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001103 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001104 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1105 be set to usbtty.
1106
1107 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001108 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001109 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001110 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001111
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001112 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001113 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001114 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001115
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001116 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001117 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001118 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001119 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1120 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1121 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1122
1123 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1124 Define this string as the name of your company for
1125 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001126
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001127 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1128 Define this string as the name of your product
1129 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1130
1131 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1132 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1133 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1134 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1135 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001136
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001137 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1138 Define this as the unique Product ID
1139 for your device
1140 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001141
1142
1143- MMC Support:
1144 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1145 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1146 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1147 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001148 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1149 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001150
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001151 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1152 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1153
1154 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1155 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1156
1157 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1158 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1159
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001160- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1161 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1162 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1163 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1164
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001165 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1166 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001167 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001169 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001170 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1171 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1172
1173 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001174 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001175 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1176 have not defined a custom partition
1177
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001178- Keyboard Support:
1179 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1180
1181 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1182 support
1183
1184 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1185 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1186 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1187 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1188 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1189
1190- Video support:
1191 CONFIG_VIDEO
1192
1193 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1194 video).
1195
1196 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1197
1198 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1199
1200 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001201 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001202 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1203 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1204 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001205
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001206 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001207 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001208 are possible:
1209 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001210 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001211
1212 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1213 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1214 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1215 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1216 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1217 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1218 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001219 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1220
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001221 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001222 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001223
1224
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001225 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001226 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001227 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1228 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1229
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001230 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001231 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001232 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1233 support, and should also define these other macros:
1234
1235 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1236 CONFIG_VIDEO
1237 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1238 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1239 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1240 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1241 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1242 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1243
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001244 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1245 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1246 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1247 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001248
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001249- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001250 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001251
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001252 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1253 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1254 defined in your board-specific files.
1255 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001256
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001257- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1258
1259 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1260 display); also select one of the supported displays
1261 by defining one of these:
1262
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001263 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1264
1265 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1266
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001267 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001268
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001269 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001270
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001271 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001272
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001273 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1274 Active, color, single scan.
1275
1276 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1277
1278 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001279 Active, color, single scan.
1280
1281 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1282
1283 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1284 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1285
1286 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1287
1288 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1289 Active, color, single scan.
1290
1291 CONFIG_HLD1045
1292
1293 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1294 Active, color, single scan.
1295
1296 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1297
1298 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1299 or
1300 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1301 or
1302 Hitachi SP14Q002
1303
1304 320x240. Black & white.
1305
1306 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001307 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001308
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001309- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001310
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001311 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1312 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1313 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001314 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001315 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1316 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1317 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1318 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001319
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001320 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1321
1322 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1323 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1324 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1325 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1326 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1327 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1328
1329 Example:
1330 setenv splashpos m,m
1331 => image at center of screen
1332
1333 setenv splashpos 30,20
1334 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1335
1336 setenv splashpos -10,m
1337 => vertically centered image
1338 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1339
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001340- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1341
1342 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1343 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1344 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1345
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001346- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1347
1348 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1349 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1350 bmp command.
1351
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001352- Compression support:
1353 CONFIG_BZIP2
1354
1355 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1356 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1357 compressed images are supported.
1358
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001359 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001360 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001361 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001362
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001363 CONFIG_LZMA
1364
1365 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1366 images is included.
1367
1368 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1369 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1370 formula:
1371
1372 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1373
1374 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1375 and Literal pos bits.
1376
1377 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1378 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1379 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1380 a very small buffer.
1381
1382 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1383 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001384 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001385
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001386- MII/PHY support:
1387 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1388
1389 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1390
1391 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1392
1393 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1394
1395 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1396
1397 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001398 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001399
1400 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1401
1402 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1403 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1404 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1405 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1406
1407 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1408
1409 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1410 command issued before MII status register can be read
1411
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001412- Ethernet address:
1413 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001414 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001415 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1416 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001417 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1418 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001419
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001420 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1421 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001422 is not determined automatically.
1423
1424- IP address:
1425 CONFIG_IPADDR
1426
1427 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001428 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001429 determined through e.g. bootp.
1430
1431- Server IP address:
1432 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1433
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001434 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001435 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
1436
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001437 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1438
1439 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1440 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1441
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001442- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1443 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1444
1445 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1446 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001447 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001448 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1449 multicast group.
1450
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001451- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1452 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1453
1454 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1455 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1456 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1457 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1458 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1459 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1460 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1461 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001462 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001463
1464 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1465 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1466 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1467 4th and following
1468 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1469
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001470- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001471 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1472 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001473
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001474 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1475 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1476 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1477 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1478 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1479 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1480 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1481 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1482 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1483 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1484 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1485 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001486
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001487 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1488 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001489
1490 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1491 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1492 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1493 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1494 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1495 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1496 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001497 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001498
1499 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1500 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1501 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001502 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001503 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1504 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001505
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001506 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1507
1508 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1509 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1510 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1511 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1512 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1513 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1514 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1515 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1516 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1517 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1518 this delay.
1519
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001520 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001521 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001522
1523 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1524
1525 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1526
1527 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1528 of the device.
1529
1530 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1531
1532 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1533 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001534 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001535
1536 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1537
1538 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1539 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1540
1541 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1542
1543 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1544
1545 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1546
1547 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1548
1549 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1550
1551 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1552
1553 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1554
1555 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1556 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1557
1558 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1559
1560 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1561
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001562- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1563
1564 Several configurations allow to display the current
1565 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1566 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1567 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1568 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1569 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1570 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1571 feature in U-Boot.
1572
1573- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1574
1575 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1576 on those systems that support this (optional)
1577 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1578
1579- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1580
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001581 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001582 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001583 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001584
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001585 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001586 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001587 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1588 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001589 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001590
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001591 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001592
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001593 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001594 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1595 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001596
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001597 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001598 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001599
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001600 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001601 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001602 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001603 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001604
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001605 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001606 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001607 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1608 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1609 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001610
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001611 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1612
1613 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1614 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1615 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1616 commands until the slave device responds.
1617
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001618 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001619
1620 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1621 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1622 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001623
1624 I2C_INIT
1625
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001626 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001627 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001628
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001629 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001630
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001631 I2C_PORT
1632
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001633 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1634 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1635 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001636
1637 I2C_ACTIVE
1638
1639 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1640 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1641 define can be null.
1642
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001643 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1644
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001645 I2C_TRISTATE
1646
1647 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1648 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1649 define can be null.
1650
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001651 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1652
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001653 I2C_READ
1654
1655 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1656 FALSE if it is low.
1657
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001658 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1659
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001660 I2C_SDA(bit)
1661
1662 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1663 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1664
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001665 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001666 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001667 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001668
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001669 I2C_SCL(bit)
1670
1671 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1672 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1673
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001674 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001675 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001676 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001677
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001678 I2C_DELAY
1679
1680 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1681 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001682 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001683 like:
1684
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001685 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001686
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001687 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1688
1689 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1690 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1691 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1692 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1693
1694 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1695 the generic GPIO functions.
1696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001697 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001698
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001699 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1700 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1701 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1702 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1703 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1704 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1705 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1706 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001707
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001708 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1709
1710 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1711 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1712 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1713 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1714 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1715 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1716 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1717 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1718
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001719 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1720
1721 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1722 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1723 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1724
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001725 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1726
1727 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
1728 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1729 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
1730 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001732 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001733
1734 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001735 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1736 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1737 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001738
1739 e.g.
1740 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001741 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001742
1743 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1744
1745 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001746 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001747
1748 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1749
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001750 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001751
1752 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1753 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1754
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001755 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001756
1757 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1758 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1759
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001760 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001761
1762 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1763 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1764
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001765 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001766
1767 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1768 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1769 specified DTT device.
1770
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001771 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1772
1773 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001774 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001775
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001776 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1777
1778 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1779 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1780 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1781 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1782 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1783 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1784
1785 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1786 feature!
1787
1788 Example:
1789 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1790 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1791 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1792
1793 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1794
1795 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1796 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1797
1798 => i2c bus
1799 Busses reached over muxes:
1800 Bus ID: 2
1801 reached over Mux(es):
1802 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1803 Bus ID: 3
1804 reached over Mux(es):
1805 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1806 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1807 =>
1808
1809 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001810 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1811 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001812 the channel 4.
1813
1814 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001815 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001816 the 2 muxes.
1817
1818 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
1819 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
1820 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
1821 to add this option to other architectures.
1822
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001823 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1824
1825 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1826 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1827 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1828 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1829 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1830 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1831 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001832
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001833- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1834
1835 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1836 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1837 D/As on the SACSng board)
1838
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09001839 CONFIG_SH_SPI
1840
1841 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
1842 only SH7757 is supported.
1843
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001844 CONFIG_SPI_X
1845
1846 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
1847 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
1848
1849 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1850
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001851 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1852 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1853 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1854 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1855 defined, the board configuration must define several
1856 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1857 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001858
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001859 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
1860
1861 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
1862 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
1863 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
1864 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
1865 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
1866
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001867 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
1868
1869 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
1870 SoCs. Currently only i.MX31 is supported.
1871
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001872- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1873
1874 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1875
1876 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1877
1878 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1879 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1880
1881 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
1882
1883 Enables support for FPGA family.
1884 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1885
1886 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001887
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001888 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001889
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001890 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001891
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001892 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001893
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001894 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001895
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001896 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1897 status by the configuration function. This option
1898 will require a board or device specific function to
1899 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001900
1901 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1902
1903 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1904 configuration driver.
1905
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001906 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001907 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1908
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001909 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001910
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001911 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1912 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
1913 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
1914 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001916 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001917
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001918 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
1919 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
1920 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001921 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001922
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001923 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001924
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001925 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001926 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001927
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001928 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001929
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001930 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001931 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001932
1933- Configuration Management:
1934 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
1935
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001936 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
1937 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001938
1939- Vendor Parameter Protection:
1940
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001941 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
1942 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001943 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001944 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
1945 protects these variables from casual modification by
1946 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
1947 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001948 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001949
1950 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
1951 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001952 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001953 these parameters.
1954
1955 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
1956 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001957 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001958 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
1959 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
1960 read-only.]
1961
1962- Protected RAM:
1963 CONFIG_PRAM
1964
1965 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
1966 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
1967 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
1968 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
1969 this default value by defining an environment
1970 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
1971 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
1972 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
1973 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
1974 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
1975 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
1976 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
1977
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01001978 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001979 saveenv
1980
1981 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
1982 either, which results in a memory region that will
1983 not be affected by reboots.
1984
1985 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
1986 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
1987 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
1988 following board configurations are known to be
1989 "pRAM-clean":
1990
1991 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
1992 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02001993 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001994
1995- Error Recovery:
1996 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
1997
1998 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
1999 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2000 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002001 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002002 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2003 useful during development since you can try to debug
2004 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2005
2006 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2007
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002008 This variable defines the number of retries for
2009 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2010 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2011 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002012
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002013 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2014
2015 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2016
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002017- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002018 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002019
2020 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2021
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002022 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2023 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002024
2025
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002026 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002027
2028 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2029 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2030 powerful command line syntax like
2031 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2032 constructs ("shell scripts").
2033
2034 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2035 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2036
2037
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002038 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002039
2040 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2041 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2042 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2043
2044 Note:
2045
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002046 In the current implementation, the local variables
2047 space and global environment variables space are
2048 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2049 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2050 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2051 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2052 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002053
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002054 Global environment variables are those you use
2055 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2056 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2057 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002058
2059 To store commands and special characters in a
2060 variable, please use double quotation marks
2061 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2062 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2063 symbols.
2064
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002065- Commandline Editing and History:
2066 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2067
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002068 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002069 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002070
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002071- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002072 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2073
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002074 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2075 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002076 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002077
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002078 For example, place something like this in your
2079 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002080
2081 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2082 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2083 "myvar2=value2\0"
2084
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002085 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2086 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2087 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2088 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002089 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002090 You better know what you are doing here.
2091
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002092 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2093 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002094 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002095 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002096
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002097- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002098 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2099
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002100 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2101 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2102 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002103
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002104- SystemACE Support:
2105 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2106
2107 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2108 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002109 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002110 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002111
2112 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002113 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002114
2115 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2116 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2117
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002118- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2119 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2120
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002121 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002122 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002123 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002124 number generator is used.
2125
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002126 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2127 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2128 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2129
2130 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002131 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2132 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2133 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2134 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2135 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2136 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2137
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002138- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002139 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2140
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002141 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2142 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2143 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2144 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2145 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2146 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002147
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002148Legacy uImage format:
2149
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002150 Arg Where When
2151 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002152 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002153 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002154 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002155 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002156 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002157 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2158 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2159 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002160 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002161 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2162 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2163 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2164 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002165 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002166 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002167
2168 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2169 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2170 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2171 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2172 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2173 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2174 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002175 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002176 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2177 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2178
Peter Tyserea0364f2010-04-12 22:28:04 -05002179 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002180
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002181 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002182 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2183 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002184
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002185 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2186 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2187 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2188 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2189 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2190 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2191 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2192 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2193 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2194 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2195 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2196 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2197 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2198 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2199 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2200 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2201 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2202 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2203 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2204 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2205 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2206 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2207 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2208 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2209 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2210 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2211 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2212 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2213 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2214 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2215 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2216 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2217 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2218 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2219 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2220 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2221 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2222 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2223 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2224 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2225 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2226 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2227 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2228 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2229 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2230 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2231 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002232
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002233 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002234
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002235 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002236 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2237 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002238
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002239 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2240 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002241 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002242 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2243 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2244 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002245 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2246 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002247 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002248
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002249FIT uImage format:
2250
2251 Arg Where When
2252 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2253 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2254 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2255 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2256 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2257 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002258 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002259 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2260 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2261 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2262 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2263 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002264 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2265 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002266 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2267 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2268 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2269 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2270 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2271 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2272 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2273 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2274
2275 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2276 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2277 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002278 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002279 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2280 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2281 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2282 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2283 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2284 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2285 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2286 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2287 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2288 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2289 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2290 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2291
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002292 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002293 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2294
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002295 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002296 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2297
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002298 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002299 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2300
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002301- Standalone program support:
2302 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2303
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002304 This option defines a board specific value for the
2305 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2306 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002307 settings.
2308
2309- Frame Buffer Address:
2310 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2311
2312 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2313 address for frame buffer.
2314 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2315 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002316 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002317
2318 Please see board_init_f function.
2319
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002320- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2321 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2322 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2323 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2324
2325 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2326 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2327
2328- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2329 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2330
2331 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2332 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2333
2334 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2335
2336 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2337 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2338
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002339- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002340 CONFIG_SPL
2341 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002342
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002343 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2344 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002345
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002346 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2347 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002348
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002349 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2350 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002351
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002352 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2353 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002354
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002355 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2356 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002357
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002358 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2359 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002360
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002361 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2362 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002363
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002364 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2365 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002366
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002367 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2368 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002369
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002370 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2371 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002372
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002373 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2374 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002375
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002376 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2377 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002378
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002379Modem Support:
2380--------------
2381
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002382[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002383
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002384- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002385 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2386
2387- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2388 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2389
2390- Modem debug support:
2391 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2392
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002393 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2394 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002395
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002396- Interrupt support (PPC):
2397
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002398 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2399 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002400 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002401 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002402 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002403 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002404 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002405 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2406 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2407 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002408
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002409- General:
2410
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002411 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2412 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2413 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002414 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002415 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2416 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2417 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002418
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002419 If there are no modem init strings in the
2420 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2421 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002422 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002423
2424 See also: doc/README.Modem
2425
2426
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002427Configuration Settings:
2428-----------------------
2429
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002430- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002431 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2432
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002433- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2434 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2435
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002436- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002437 prompt for user input.
2438
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002439- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002440
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002441- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002442
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002443- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002445- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002446 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2447 booted
2448
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002449- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002450 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2451
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002452- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002453 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002454
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002455- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002456 If the board specific function
2457 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2458 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002459 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2460
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002461- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002462 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002463
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002464- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002465 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2466
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002467- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002468 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2469 simple memory test.
2470
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002471- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002472 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002473
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002474- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002475 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2476 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002478- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2479 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002480 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002481 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002482 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2483 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2484 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002485 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002486 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002487 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002488
2489 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2490 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2491 be touched.
2492
2493 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2494 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2495 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2496 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2497 problems.
2498
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002499- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002500 Default load address for network file downloads
2501
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002502- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002503 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2504
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002505- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002506 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2507
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002508- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002509 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2510 Cogent motherboard)
2511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002512- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002513 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2514
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002515- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002516 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2517 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002518 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002519 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002520
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002521- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002522 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2523 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2524 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2525 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002526
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002527- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002528 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002530- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002531 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2532 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002533 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002534 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2535
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002536- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002537 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2538 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002539 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2540 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2541 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2542 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002543 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
2544 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2545 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2546 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002547
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002548- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2549 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2550 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2551 is enabled.
2552
2553- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2554 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2555 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2556
2557- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2558 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2559 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2560
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002561- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002562 Max number of Flash memory banks
2563
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002564- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002565 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2566
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002567- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002568 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2569
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002570- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002571 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2572
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002573- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002574 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002576- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002577 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2578
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002579- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002580 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2581 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2582
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002583- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002584
2585 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2586 without this option such a download has to be
2587 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2588 copy from RAM to flash.
2589
2590 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2591 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002592 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2593 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002594 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2595
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002596- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002597 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002598 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2599
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002600- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002601 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2602 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002603
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002604- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2605 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2606 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2607 to the MTD layer.
2608
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002609- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002610 Use buffered writes to flash.
2611
2612- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2613 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2614 write commands.
2615
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002616- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002617 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2618 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2619 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2620 optionally available.
2621
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002622- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2623 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2624 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2625 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002627- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002628 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2629 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002630 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2631 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002632 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002633 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2634
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002635- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2636
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002637 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2638 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2639 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2640 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2641 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002642
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002643The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2644of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2645following configurations:
2646
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002647- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2648
2649 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2650 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2651
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002652- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002653
2654 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
2655
2656 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
2657 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
2658 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
2659 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
2660 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
2661 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
2662 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
2663 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
2664 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
2665 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
2666 between U-Boot and the environment.
2667
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002668 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002669
2670 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
2671 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
2672 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
2673 for this sector is given here.
2674
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002675 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002676
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002677 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002678
2679 This is just another way to specify the start address of
2680 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002681 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002682
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002683 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002684
2685 Size of the sector containing the environment.
2686
2687
2688 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
2689 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
2690 the environment.
2691
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002692 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002693
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002694 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002695 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002696 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
2697 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
2698
2699 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
2700 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
2701 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
2702 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
2703 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
2704 updating the environment in flash makes it always
2705 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
2706 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
2707 RAM, your target system will be dead.
2708
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002709 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
2710 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002711
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002712 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002713 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00002714 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002715 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002716
2717BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
2718source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
2719accordingly!
2720
2721
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02002722- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002723
2724 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
2725 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
2726 environment.
2727
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002728 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2729 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002730
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002731 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002732 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
2733 can just be read and written to, without any special
2734 provision.
2735
2736BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
2737in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002738console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002739U-Boot will hang.
2740
2741Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2742environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2743keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2744to save the current settings.
2745
2746
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02002747- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002748
2749 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
2750 device and a driver for it.
2751
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002752 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2753 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002754
2755 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
2756 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
2757
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002758 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002759 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
2760 The default address is zero.
2761
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002762 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002763 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
2764 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
2765 would require six bits.
2766
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002767 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002768 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002769 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002770
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002771 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002772 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
2773 that this is NOT the chip address length!
2774
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002775 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00002776 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
2777 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
2778 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
2779 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
2780 byte chips.
2781
2782 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
2783 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
2784 in the chip address.
2785
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002786 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002787 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
2788
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002789 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
2790 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
2791 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
2792
2793 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
2794 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
2795 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
2796 EEPROM. For example:
2797
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02002798 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002799
2800 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
2801 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002802
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02002803- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002804
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002805 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002806 want to use for the environment.
2807
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002808 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2809 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2810 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002811
2812 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
2813 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
2814 at the specified address.
2815
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02002816- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00002817
2818 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
2819 for the environment.
2820
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002821 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2822 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00002823
2824 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002825 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
2826 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002827
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002828 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002830 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002831 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
2832 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
2833 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
2834 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002835
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002836 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
2837
2838 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
2839 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
2840 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
2841 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
2842 the range to be avoided.
2843
2844 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
2845
2846 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
2847 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
2848 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
2849 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
2850 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002851
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02002852- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
2853
2854 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
2855 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
2856 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
2857
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002858- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002859
2860 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
2861 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
2862 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
2863 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
2864 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
2865 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
2866 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
2867
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07002868Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002869has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02002870created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002871until then to read environment variables.
2872
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002873The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
2874is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
2875with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
2876necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
2877"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
2878have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002879
2880Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
2881the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002882use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002883
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002884- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002885 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002886
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002887 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002888 also needs to be defined.
2889
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002890- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002891 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002892
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08002893- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
2894 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
2895 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
2896 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
2897 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
2898 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
2899
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002900Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00002901---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002902
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002903- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002904 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
2905
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002906- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002907 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002908
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002909 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
2910 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
2911 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002912
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05002913- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
2914 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
2915 PowerPC SOCs.
2916
2917- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
2918 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
2919 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
2920
2921 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
2922 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
2923
2924- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
2925 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
2926 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
2927 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
2928 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
2929 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
2930 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
2931
2932 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
2933 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
2934
2935- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002936 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
2937 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05002938 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
2939 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
2940
2941- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
2942 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
2943 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
2944 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
2945
2946- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
2947 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
2948 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
2949
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002950- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002951 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002952
2953 the default drive number (default value 0)
2954
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002955 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002956
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002957 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002958 (default value 1)
2959
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002960 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002961
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002962 defines the offset of register from address. It
2963 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002964 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002965
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002966 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
2967 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002968 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002969
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002970 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002971 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
2972 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
2973 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
2974 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002975
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00002976- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
2977 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
2978 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
2979 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
2980 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
2981 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
2982 is requierd.
2983
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002984- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00002985 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00002986 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002987
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002988- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002989
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002990 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002991 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
2992 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
2993 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
2994 will become available only after programming the
2995 memory controller and running certain initialization
2996 sequences.
2997
2998 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
2999 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3000 - MPC824X: data cache
3001 - PPC4xx: data cache
3002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003003- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003004
3005 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003006 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3007 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003008 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003009 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003010 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3011 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3012 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003013
3014 Note:
3015 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3016 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003017 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003018 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3019 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3020
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003021- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003022
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003023- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003024
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003025- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003026
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003027- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003028
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003029- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003030
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003031- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003032
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003033- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003034 SDRAM timing
3035
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003036- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003037 periodic timer for refresh
3038
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003039- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003040
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003041- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3042 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3043 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3044 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003045 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3046
3047- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003048 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3049 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003050 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3051
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003052- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3053 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003054 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3055 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3056
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003057- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003058 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3059 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3060
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003061- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003062 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3063 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3064
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003065- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003066 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3067 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3068
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003069- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003070 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3071 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3072 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3073
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003074- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003075 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3076 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3077 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3078 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003079
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003080- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3081 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3082 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3083 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3084 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3085 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3086 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3087 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003088 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003089
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003090- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3091 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3092 required.
3093
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003094- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3095 Chip has SRIO or not
3096
3097- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3098 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3099
3100- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3101 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3102
3103- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3104 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3105
3106- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3107 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3108
3109- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3110 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3111
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003112- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3113 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3114 16 bit bus.
3115
3116- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3117 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3118 a default value will be used.
3119
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003120- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003121 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3122 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3123
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003124 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3125 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3126
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003127- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003128 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3129 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3130 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003131
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003132- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3133 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3134 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3135 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3136 header files or board specific files.
3137
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003138- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3139 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3140
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003141- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003142 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3143 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003144
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003145- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3146 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3147
3148- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3149 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003150 to the given FEC; i. e.
3151 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003152 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3153
3154 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3155
3156- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3157 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3158 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3159
3160- CONFIG_RMII
3161 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3162 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3163 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3164
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003165- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3166 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3167 The syntax is:
3168
3169 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3170
3171 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3172 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3173 area should have.
3174
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003175- CONFIG_LOOPW
3176 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003177 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003178
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003179- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3180 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3181 "md/mw" commands.
3182 Examples:
3183
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003184 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003185 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3186
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003187 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003188 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3189
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003190 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003191 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003192
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003193- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003194 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003195 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3196 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3197 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003198
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003199 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3200 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3201 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3202 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003203
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003204- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003205 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3206 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3207 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003208
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003209- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3210 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3211 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3212 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3213 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3214
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003215Building the Software:
3216======================
3217
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003218Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3219and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3220all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3221(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3222recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3223which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003224
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003225If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3226have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3227you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3228Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3229necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003230
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003231 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3232 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003233
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003234Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3235 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3236 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3237 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3238
3239 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3240
3241 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3242 be executed on computers running Windows.
3243
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003244U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3245sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003246is done by typing:
3247
3248 make NAME_config
3249
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003250where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
3251rations; see the main Makefile for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003253Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3254 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3255 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3256 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003257 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003258
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003259 make TQM823L_config
3260 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003261
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003262 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3263 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003264
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003265 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003266
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003268Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3269images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003271- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3272- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3273- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003274
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003275By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3276in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3277this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3278
32791. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3280
3281 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3282 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3283 make O=/tmp/build all
3284
32852. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3286
3287 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3288 make distclean
3289 make NAME_config
3290 make all
3291
3292Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3293variable.
3294
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003295
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003296Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3297for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3298native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003299
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003301If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3302to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3303steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000033051. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
3306 "Makefile" and to the "MAKEALL" script, using the existing
3307 entries as examples. Note that here and at many other places
3308 boards and other names are listed in alphabetical sort order. Please
3309 keep this order.
33102. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3311 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3312 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
33133. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3314 your board
33153. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3316 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
33174. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
33185. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3319 to be installed on your target system.
33206. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3321 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003322
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003324Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3325==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003326
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003327If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3328or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003329provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3330the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003331official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003332
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003333But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3334cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003335the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3336just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003337for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3338select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3339environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3340you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003341
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003342 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003344or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003345
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003346 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003347
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003348When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3349U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3350setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3351built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3352<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3353location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3354variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003355
3356 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3357 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3358 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3359
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003360With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3361log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3362during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003363
3364
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003365See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003366
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003368Monitor Commands - Overview:
3369============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003370
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003371go - start application at address 'addr'
3372run - run commands in an environment variable
3373bootm - boot application image from memory
3374bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
3375tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3376 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3377 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003378tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003379rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3380diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3381loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3382loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3383md - memory display
3384mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3385nm - memory modify (constant address)
3386mw - memory write (fill)
3387cp - memory copy
3388cmp - memory compare
3389crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003390i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003391sspi - SPI utility commands
3392base - print or set address offset
3393printenv- print environment variables
3394setenv - set environment variables
3395saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3396protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3397erase - erase FLASH memory
3398flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3399bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3400iminfo - print header information for application image
3401coninfo - print console devices and informations
3402ide - IDE sub-system
3403loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003404loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003405mtest - simple RAM test
3406icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3407dcache - enable or disable data cache
3408reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3409echo - echo args to console
3410version - print monitor version
3411help - print online help
3412? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003413
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003415Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3416========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003418TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003420For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003421
3422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003423Environment Variables:
3424======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003426U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3427can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003429Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3430"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3431without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3432environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3433working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3434environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003435
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003436Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3437
3438List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003439
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003440 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003441
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003442 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003443
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003444 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003446 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003448 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003449
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003450 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3451 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3452 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3453 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3454 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3455 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003456 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3457 bootm_mapsize.
3458
3459 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
3460 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3461 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3462 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3463 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3464 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3465 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003466
3467 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3468 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3469 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3470 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3471 environment variable.
3472
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003473 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3474 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3475 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3476
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003477 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3478 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3479 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3480 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003481
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003482 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3483 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3484 be automatically started (by internally calling
3485 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003486
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003487 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3488 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3489 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3490 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3491 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003492
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003493 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3494 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
3495 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3496 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3497 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3498 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3499 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3500 must be accessible by the kernel.
3501
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003502 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3503 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3504 defined.
3505
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003506 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3507 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3508 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3509 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3510 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003512 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3513 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3514 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3515 is usually what you want since it allows for
3516 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3517 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003518 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003519 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3520 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3521 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3522 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003524 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3525 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3526 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3527 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3528 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3529 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003531 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003533 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3534 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3535 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3536 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3537 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3538 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3539 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003540
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003541 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003543 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3544 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003546 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003548 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003550 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003551
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003552 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003554 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003555
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003556 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003557
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003558 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3559 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003560
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003561 => setenv ethact FEC
3562 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3563 => setenv ethact SCC
3564 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003565
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003566 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3567 available network interfaces.
3568 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3569
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003570 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003571 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3572 When set to "once" the network operation will
3573 fail when all the available network interfaces
3574 are tried once without success.
3575 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3576 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003577
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003578 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003579
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003580 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003581 UDP source port.
3582
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003583 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
3584 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3585
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003586 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3587 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3588
3589 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3590 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3591 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3592 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3593 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3594 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3595 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3596
3597 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003598 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003599 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003600
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003601The following image location variables contain the location of images
3602used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3603not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3604variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3605server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3606loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3607flash or offset in NAND flash.
3608
3609*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
3610boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
3611boards use these variables for other purposes.
3612
3613Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3614----- --------- ----------- --------------
3615u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3616Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3617device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3618ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
3619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003620The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3621updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3622depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003623
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003624 bootfile - see above
3625 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3626 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3627 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3628 hostname - Target hostname
3629 ipaddr - see above
3630 netmask - Subnet Mask
3631 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3632 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003633
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003634
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003635There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003637 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3638 as type string and/or serial number
3639 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003641These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3642the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3643once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003644
3645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003646Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003648 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3649 with the "version" command. This variable is
3650 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003651
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003652
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003653Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3654only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003655
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003656
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003657Command Line Parsing:
3658=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003660There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3661the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003662
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003663Old, simple command line parser:
3664--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003665
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003666- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3667- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003668- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003669- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3670 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003671 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003672- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3673 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003674
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003675Hush shell:
3676-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003678- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3679 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3680 until...do...done, ...
3681- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3682 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3683 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3684 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003686General rules:
3687--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003689(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3690 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3691 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3692 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003693
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003694(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003695 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003696 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3697 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003699Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3700=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003701
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003702Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003703such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3704"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003706Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3707MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3708"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003710If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3711in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3712ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3713variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003714
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003715o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3716 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003717
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003718o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3719 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3720 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003721
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003722o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3723 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003725o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3726 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3727 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003729o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
3730 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003731
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003732If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
3733will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
3734may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3735The naming convention is as follows:
3736"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003738Image Formats:
3739==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003740
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003741U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3742images in two formats:
3743
3744New uImage format (FIT)
3745-----------------------
3746
3747Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3748to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3749components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3750SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3751
3752
3753Old uImage format
3754-----------------
3755
3756Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
3757preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
3758details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003759
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003760* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
3761 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05003762 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
3763 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
3764 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02003765* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003766 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
3767 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003768* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
3769* Load Address
3770* Entry Point
3771* Image Name
3772* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003774The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
3775and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
3776CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003777
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003779Linux Support:
3780==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003782Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
3783easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
3784U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003786U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
3787special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
3788"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
3789instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
3790serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003792- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
3793 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
3794 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003796- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
3797 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003799- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
3800 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
3801 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
3802 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
3803 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
3804 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003805
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003807Linux HOWTO:
3808============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003810Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
3811---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003813U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
3814configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
3815(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
3816Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003817
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003818But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003820Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
3821include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02003822Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
3823and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003824as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003825
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003827Configuring the Linux kernel:
3828-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003830No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
3831device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003833
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003834Building a Linux Image:
3835-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003837With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
3838not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
3839"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
3840U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
3841which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
3842100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003843
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003844Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003845
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003846 make TQM850L_config
3847 make oldconfig
3848 make dep
3849 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003851The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
3852encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
3853CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003855* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003856
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003857* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003859 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
3860 -R .note -R .comment \
3861 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003862
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003863* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003864
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003865 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003867* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003868
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003869 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
3870 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
3871 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003872
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003873
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003874The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
3875with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
3876combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
3877byte header containing information about target architecture,
3878operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
3879stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003880
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003881"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
3882print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003883
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003884In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
3885contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
3886checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003887
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003888 tools/mkimage -l image
3889 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003891The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
3892from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003893
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003894 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
3895 -n name -d data_file image
3896 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
3897 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
3898 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
3899 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
3900 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
3901 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
3902 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
3903 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003904
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00003905Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
3906address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
3907kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003909- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
3910- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003912So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003914 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
3915 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003916 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003917 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
3918 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
3919 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
3920 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
3921 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
3922 Load Address: 0x00000000
3923 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003925To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003927 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
3928 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
3929 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
3930 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
3931 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
3932 Load Address: 0x00000000
3933 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003935NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
3936speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
3937needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
3938need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003939
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003940 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003941 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
3942 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003943 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003944 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
3945 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
3946 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
3947 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
3948 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
3949 Load Address: 0x00000000
3950 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003951
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003953Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
3954when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003956 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
3957 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
3958 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
3959 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
3960 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
3961 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
3962 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
3963 Load Address: 0x00000000
3964 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003965
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003967Installing a Linux Image:
3968-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003969
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003970To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
3971you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003972
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003973 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003974
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003975The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
3976image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
3977address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
3978specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
3979command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003980
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003981Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
3982TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003984 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003986 .......... done
3987 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003988
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003989 => loads 40100000
3990 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
3991 ~>examples/image.srec
3992 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
3993 ...
3994 15989 15990 15991 15992
3995 [file transfer complete]
3996 [connected]
3997 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003998
3999
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004000You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004001this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004002corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004003
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004004 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004005
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004006 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4007 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4008 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4009 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4010 Load Address: 00000000
4011 Entry Point: 0000000c
4012 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004013
4014
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004015Boot Linux:
4016-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004017
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004018The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4019memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4020of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4021parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4022"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004023
4024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004025 => printenv bootargs
4026 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004028 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004029
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004030 => printenv bootargs
4031 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004032
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004033 => bootm 40020000
4034 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4035 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4036 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4037 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4038 Load Address: 00000000
4039 Entry Point: 0000000c
4040 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4041 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4042 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4043 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4044 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4045 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4046 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4047 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004048
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004049If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004050the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4051format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004052
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004053 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004054
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004055 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4056 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4057 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4058 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4059 Load Address: 00000000
4060 Entry Point: 0000000c
4061 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004063 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4064 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4065 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4066 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4067 Load Address: 00000000
4068 Entry Point: 00000000
4069 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004070
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004071 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4072 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4073 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4074 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4075 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4076 Load Address: 00000000
4077 Entry Point: 0000000c
4078 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4079 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4080 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4081 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4082 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4083 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4084 Load Address: 00000000
4085 Entry Point: 00000000
4086 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4087 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4088 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4089 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4090 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4091 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4092 ...
4093 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4094 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004095
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004096 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004097
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004098Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4099-----------
4100
4101First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4102titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4103following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4104flat device tree:
4105
4106=> print oftaddr
4107oftaddr=0x300000
4108=> print oft
4109oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4110=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4111Speed: 1000, full duplex
4112Using TSEC0 device
4113TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4114Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4115Load address: 0x300000
4116Loading: #
4117done
4118Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4119=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4120Speed: 1000, full duplex
4121Using TSEC0 device
4122TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4123Filename 'uImage'.
4124Load address: 0x200000
4125Loading:############
4126done
4127Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4128=> print loadaddr
4129loadaddr=200000
4130=> print oftaddr
4131oftaddr=0x300000
4132=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4133## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004134 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4135 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4136 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004137 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004138 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004139 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4140 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4141Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4142Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4143Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4144[snip]
4145
4146
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004147More About U-Boot Image Types:
4148------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004150U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004152 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4153 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4154 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4155 the Standalone Program.
4156 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4157 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4158 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4159 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4160 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4161 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4162 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4163 being started.
4164 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4165 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4166 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4167 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4168 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4169 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004171 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4172 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4173 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4174 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4175 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4176 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004178 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4179 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4180 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004182 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4183 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4184 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4185 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004186
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004187
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004188Standalone HOWTO:
4189=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004191One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4192run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4193U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004194
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004195Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004196
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004197"Hello World" Demo:
4198-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004200'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4201application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4202It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4203like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004205 => loads
4206 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4207 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4208 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4209 [file transfer complete]
4210 [connected]
4211 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004213 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4214 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4215 Hello World
4216 argc = 7
4217 argv[0] = "40004"
4218 argv[1] = "Hello"
4219 argv[2] = "World!"
4220 argv[3] = "This"
4221 argv[4] = "is"
4222 argv[5] = "a"
4223 argv[6] = "test."
4224 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4225 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004227 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004229Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4230handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4231Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4232The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4233character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4234controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004236 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4237 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4238 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4239 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004241 => loads
4242 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4243 ~>examples/timer.srec
4244 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4245 [file transfer complete]
4246 [connected]
4247 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004248
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004249 => go 40004
4250 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4251 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4252 Using timer 1
4253 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004255Hit 'b':
4256 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4257 Enabling timer
4258Hit '?':
4259 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4260 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4261Hit '?':
4262 [q, b, e, ?] .
4263 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4264Hit '?':
4265 [q, b, e, ?] .
4266 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4267Hit '?':
4268 [q, b, e, ?] .
4269 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4270Hit 'e':
4271 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4272Hit 'q':
4273 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004274
4275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004276Minicom warning:
4277================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004279Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4280"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4281consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4282Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4283especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
4284use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004286Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4287configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004289 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4290 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4291 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004292
4293
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004294NetBSD Notes:
4295=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004297Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4298(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004299
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004300Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4301NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4302need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4303Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4304attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4305missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004306
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004307 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4308 # mkdir powerpc
4309 # ln -s powerpc machine
4310 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4311 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004313Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4314and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004315
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004316Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4317stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4318proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4319tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004320meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321
4322
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004323Implementation Internals:
4324=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004326The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4327implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4328inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4329hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004330
4331
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004332Initial Stack, Global Data:
4333---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004335The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4336starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4337system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4338This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4339is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4340at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4341options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4342models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4343MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4344locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004345
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004346 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004347 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004348
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004349 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4350 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4351 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4352 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004353
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004354 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4355 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4356 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4357 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4358 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004359 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004360 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4361 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004363 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4364 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004365 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004366 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4367 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4368 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4369 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004370
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004371 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004372 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4373 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004374 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004375 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4376 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4377 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4378 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4379 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004380
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004381 -Chris Hallinan
4382 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004384It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4385code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004387* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4388 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004389
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004390* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004391 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4392 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004394* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4395 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004396
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004397Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4398normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4399turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4400simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4401functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4402functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4403the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4404place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4405reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004406
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004407When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4408relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4409GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004411For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4412 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004413 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004414 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4415 R5-R10: parameter passing
4416 R13: small data area pointer
4417 R30: GOT pointer
4418 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004419
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004420 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4421 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4422 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004423
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004424 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004426 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4427 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4428 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4429 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4430 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4431 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004432
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004433On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004434 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4435
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004436 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004438On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004439
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004440 R0: function argument word/integer result
4441 R1-R3: function argument word
4442 R9: GOT pointer
4443 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4444 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4445 R12: temporary workspace
4446 R13: stack pointer
4447 R14: link register
4448 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004450 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004451
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004452On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4453 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4454
4455 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4456
4457 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4458 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4459
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004460On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4461
4462 R0-R1: argument/return
4463 R2-R5: argument
4464 R15: temporary register for assembler
4465 R16: trampoline register
4466 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4467 R29: global pointer (GP)
4468 R30: link register (LP)
4469 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4470 PC: program counter (PC)
4471
4472 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4473
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004474NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4475or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004476
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004477Memory Management:
4478------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004479
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004480U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4481MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004482
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004483The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4484controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4485memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4486physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004488U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4489TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4490booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4491to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004492memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004493configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4494Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004496Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4497of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004499So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4500this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004502 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4503 :
4504 0x0000 1FFF
4505 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4506 :
4507 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004509 :
4510 :
4511 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4512 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4513 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4514 :
4515 0x00FD FFFF
4516 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4517 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4518 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4519 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004520
4521
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004522System Initialization:
4523----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004524
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004525In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004526(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004527configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4528To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4529To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4530initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4531which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4532part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4533the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004535Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4536preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4537(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4538on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4539programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4540simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4541banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004543When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4544different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4545bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
45460x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4547contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004549Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4550and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4551Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4552pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4555until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4556running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4557new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004558
4559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004560U-Boot Porting Guide:
4561----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004562
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004563[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4564list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004565
4566
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004567int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004568{
4569 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004570
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004571 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4572 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004574 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004575 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004576 return 0;
4577 }
4578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004579 Download latest U-Boot source;
4580
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004581 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004582
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004583 if (clueless)
4584 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004585
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004586 while (learning) {
4587 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004588 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4589 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004590 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004591 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004592 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004593
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004594 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4595 Buy a BDI3000;
4596 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004597 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004598
4599 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4600 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4601 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4602 } else {
4603 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4604 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004605 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004606 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4607 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004608
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004609 while (!accepted) {
4610 while (!running) {
4611 do {
4612 Add / modify source code;
4613 } until (compiles);
4614 Debug;
4615 if (clueless)
4616 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4617 }
4618 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4619 if (reasonable critiques)
4620 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4621 else
4622 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004623 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004625 return 0;
4626}
4627
4628void no_more_time (int sig)
4629{
4630 hire_a_guru();
4631}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004632
4633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004634Coding Standards:
4635-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004637All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004638coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004639"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004640
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004641Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4642MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
4643reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
4644sources.
4645
4646Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4647Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4648in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004649
4650Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4651- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004652- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004653- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004654- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004655- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
4656
4657Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4658with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659
4660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004661Submitting Patches:
4662-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4665establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4666may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004667
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004668Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004669
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004670Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
4671see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
4672
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004673When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4674it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004676* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4677 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4678 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004680* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4681 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004682
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004683* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
4684
4685* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
4686
4687* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004688 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004689
4690* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4691 document these in the README file.
4692
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004693* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4694 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004695 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004696 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4697 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004698
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004699 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4700 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4701 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004702
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004703 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4704 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4705 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4706 affected files).
4707
4708 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4709 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004710
4711* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4712 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
4713
4714* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4715 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
4716
4717
4718Notes:
4719
4720* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
4721 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4722 for any of the boards.
4723
4724* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4725 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4726 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
4727
4728* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
4729 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
4730 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
4731 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
4732 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
4733 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00004734
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004735* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
4736 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
4737 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
4738 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.